w4kek/WSJT-X
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/saitohirga/WSJT-X.git synced 2024-11-23 20:58:55 -05:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
dadfb44824
WSJT-X/Configuration.ui

2229 lines
83 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<ui version="4.0">
<class>configuration_dialog</class>
<widget class="QDialog" name="configuration_dialog">
<property name="geometry">
<rect>
<x>0</x>
<y>0</y>
Yet more settings window layout adjustments for the best Mac layout git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4969 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:56:13 -05:00
<width>680</width>
More settings dialog window layout tweaks to improve Mac user experience git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4968 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:39:39 -05:00
<height>615</height>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</rect>
</property>
Added CMake option to control experimental features. Sometimes parts of the application are not fully ready for release at release time. This option allows such features to be enabled conditionally at configure time. The CMake option WSJT_ENABLE_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES is used to control this ability. Normally you will not need to change it as it behaves in a reasonable way. The option is ON in debug build configurations and OFF in non-debug configuratiuons. The option is made available in all source modules via the WSJT_ENABLE_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES macro which is defined to 1 if the option is ON and to 0 if it is OFF. Since this default behavior is potentially dangerous because it can mean that release builds contain different code from debug builds; the option may be set to OFF in debug configurations in the normal way (cmake-gui, edit CMakeCache.txt, etc.) to achieve a debug build similar to a default release build. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4182 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-06-19 12:47:49 -04:00
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
Yet more settings window layout adjustments for the best Mac layout git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4969 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:56:13 -05:00
<width>680</width>
More settings dialog window layout tweaks to improve Mac user experience git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4968 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:39:39 -05:00
<height>615</height>
Added CMake option to control experimental features. Sometimes parts of the application are not fully ready for release at release time. This option allows such features to be enabled conditionally at configure time. The CMake option WSJT_ENABLE_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES is used to control this ability. Normally you will not need to change it as it behaves in a reasonable way. The option is ON in debug build configurations and OFF in non-debug configuratiuons. The option is made available in all source modules via the WSJT_ENABLE_EXPERIMENTAL_FEATURES macro which is defined to 1 if the option is ON and to 0 if it is OFF. Since this default behavior is potentially dangerous because it can mean that release builds contain different code from debug builds; the option may be set to OFF in debug configurations in the normal way (cmake-gui, edit CMakeCache.txt, etc.) to achieve a debug build similar to a default release build. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4182 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-06-19 12:47:49 -04:00
</size>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<property name="windowTitle">
Change title of config window to "Settings" (the name used on the File menu). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4219 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-07-25 15:34:48 -04:00
<string>Settings</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_2">
<item>
<widget class="QTabWidget" name="configuration_tabs">
Yet more settings window layout adjustments for the best Mac layout git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4969 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:56:13 -05:00
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Expanding">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
Improved, simplified sort routine; faster and better "flatten" procedure; better window functions for some FFTs, resulting in better decoder performance; User-selectable colors for backgrounds of decoded messages. NB: more testing is desirable! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4951 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-10 19:50:35 -05:00
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
<width>80</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Select tab to change configuration parameters.</string>
</property>
<property name="currentIndex">
Open Configuration.ui an tab 0. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4956 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-11 16:25:52 -05:00
<number>0</number>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<widget class="QWidget" name="general_tab">
<attribute name="title">
<string>Genera&amp;l</string>
</attribute>
<attribute name="toolTip">
<string>General station details and settings.</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_4">
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="station_group_box">
<property name="title">
<string>Station Details</string>
</property>
Fix minor merging issue git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5005 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 14:21:06 -05:00
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_14">
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
<item row="0" column="3">
<widget class="QLabel" name="grid_label">
<property name="text">
<string>M&amp;y Grid:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>grid_line_edit</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0">
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<widget class="QLabel" name="callsign_label">
<property name="text">
<string>My C&amp;all:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>callsign_line_edit</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
<item row="0" column="4">
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="grid_line_edit">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Maidenhead locator (only the first four characters are required).</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="callsign_line_edit">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Station callsign.</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
<item row="0" column="2">
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer_4">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>40</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
<item row="1" column="4">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="type_2_msg_gen_combo_box">
<property name="enabled">
<bool>true</bool>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
<property name="toolTip">
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Type 2 compound callsigns are those with prefixes or suffixes not included in the allowed shortlist (See Help-&amp;gt;Add-on prefixes and suffixes).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This option determines which generated messages should contain your full type 2 compound call sign rather than your base callsign. It only applies if you have a type 2 compound callsign.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This option controls the way the messages that are used to answer CQ calls are generated. Generated messages 6 (CQ) and 5 (73) will always contain your full callsign. The JT65 and JT9 protocols allow for some standard messages with your full call at the expense of another piece of information such as the DX call or your locator.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Choosing message 1 omits the DX callsign which may be an issue when replying to CQ calls. Choosing message 3 also omits the DX callsign and many versions of this and other software will not extract the report. Choosing neither means that your full callsign only goes in your message 5 (73) so your QSO partner my log the wrong callsign.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;None of these options are perfect, message 3 is best but be aware your QSO partner may not log the report you send them.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
</property>
<property name="currentIndex">
<number>1</number>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Full call in Tx1</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Full call in Tx3</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Full call in Tx5 only</string>
</property>
</item>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</widget>
</item>
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
<item row="1" column="0" colspan="4">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_5">
<property name="text">
<string>Message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders:</string>
</property>
<property name="alignment">
<set>Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignTrailing|Qt::AlignVCenter</set>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>type_2_msg_gen_combo_box</cstring>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="Line" name="line_5">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="display_group_box">
<property name="title">
<string>Display</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_4">
<item row="3" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="DXCC_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Show if decoded stations are new DXCC entities or worked before.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Show &amp;DXCC entity and worked before status</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>false</bool>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="insert_blank_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Include a separator line between periods in the band activity window.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;Blank line between decoding periods</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="2" rowspan="4">
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_6">
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="font_push_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Set the font characteristics for the application.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
Back to "Settings...", etc., following discussion with G4WJS. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4214 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-07-24 12:58:58 -04:00
<string>Font...</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="decoded_text_font_push_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Set the font characteristics for the Band Activity and Rx Frequency areas.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
Back to "Settings...", etc., following discussion with G4WJS. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4214 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-07-24 12:58:58 -04:00
<string>Decoded Text Font...</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<spacer name="verticalSpacer">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>20</width>
<height>40</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="miles_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Show distance to DX station in miles rather than kilometers.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Display dista&amp;nce in miles</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="TX_messages_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Show outgoing transmitted messages in the Rx frequency window.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;Tx messages to Rx frequency window</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer_2">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>40</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="Line" name="line_7">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="behaviour_group_box">
<property name="title">
Minor tweaks to GUI appearance, etc. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4210 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-07-23 13:16:35 -04:00
<string>Behavior</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_8">
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<item row="2" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="disable_TX_on_73_check_box">
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
<property name="toolTip">
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<string>Turns off automatic transmissions after sending a 73 or any other free
text message.</string>
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
</property>
<property name="text">
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<string>Di&amp;sable Tx after sending 73</string>
Add facility to disallow CAT commands while transmitting. Some rigs either do not honour some CAT commands while transmitting or interpret them incorrectly. To deal with this a settings option to allow TX frequency changes while transmitting has been added with a default value of off. Any UI actions that directly or indirectly change the TX frequency are guarded according to this new option. As well as this band changes and use of the +2kHz check box are disabled and guarded respectively in transmit mode. Mode changes via the menu are now disabled while transmitting. When TX frequency changes are allowed; frequency changes are correctly implemented while in tune mode. Double clicking decodes while transmitting now correctly regenerate and change the message sent on the fly. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4349 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-09-24 13:25:19 -04:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<item row="3" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="watchdog_check_box">
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<property name="toolTip">
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<string>Stop transmitting automatically after five periods.</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<property name="text">
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<string>Runaway Tx &amp;watchdog</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="quick_call_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Automatic transmission mode.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Doubl&amp;e-click on call sets Tx enable</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
Add option for returning to last monitored frequency on monitor enable git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4995 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:59:08 -05:00
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="monitor_off_check_box">
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<property name="toolTip">
Add option for returning to last monitored frequency on monitor enable git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4995 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:59:08 -05:00
<string>Don't start decoding until the monitor button is clicked.</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<property name="text">
Add option for returning to last monitored frequency on monitor enable git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4995 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:59:08 -05:00
<string>Mon&amp;itor off at startup</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>false</bool>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<item row="5" column="0" colspan="2">
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_9">
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="CW_id_after_73_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Send a CW ID after every 73 or free text message.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>CW ID a&amp;fter 73</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>40</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QLabel" name="label">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Periodic CW ID Inter&amp;val:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>CW_id_interval_spin_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QSpinBox" name="CW_id_interval_spin_box">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Minimum" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Send a CW ID periodically every few minutes.
This might be required under your countries licence regulations.
It will not interfere with other users as it is always sent in the
quiet period when decoding is done.</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="monitor_last_used_check_box">
Add option for returning to last monitored frequency on monitor enable git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4995 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:59:08 -05:00
<property name="toolTip">
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Check this if you wish to automatically return to the last monitored frequency when monitor is enabled, leave it unchecked if you wish to have the current rig frequency maintained.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
Add option for returning to last monitored frequency on monitor enable git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4995 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:59:08 -05:00
</property>
<property name="text">
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<string>Monitor returns to last used frequency</string>
Add option for returning to last monitored frequency on monitor enable git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4995 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:59:08 -05:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="tx_QSY_check_box">
Add option for returning to last monitored frequency on monitor enable git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4995 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:59:08 -05:00
<property name="toolTip">
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Some rigs are not able to process CAT commands while transmitting. This means that if you are operating in split mode you may have to uncheck this option.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
Add option for returning to last monitored frequency on monitor enable git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4995 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:59:08 -05:00
</property>
<property name="text">
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<string>Allow Tx frequency changes while transmitting</string>
Add option for returning to last monitored frequency on monitor enable git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4995 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:59:08 -05:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<widget class="QWidget" name="radio_tab">
<attribute name="title">
<string>&amp;Radio</string>
</attribute>
<attribute name="toolTip">
<string>Radio interface configuration settings.</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_3">
<item row="1" column="0" rowspan="11">
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="CAT_control_group_box">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Settings that control your CAT interface.</string>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>CAT Control</string>
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_3">
<item>
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout">
More settings dialog window layout tweaks to improve Mac user experience git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4968 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:39:39 -05:00
<property name="fieldGrowthPolicy">
<enum>QFormLayout::ExpandingFieldsGrow</enum>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="CAT_port_label">
<property name="text">
<string>Port:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>CAT_port_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="CAT_port_combo_box">
Tweak settings window layout to work better on Macs git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4967 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:08:54 -05:00
<property name="sizePolicy">
Yet more settings window layout adjustments for the best Mac layout git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4969 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:56:13 -05:00
<sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Fixed">
Tweak settings window layout to work better on Macs git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4967 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:08:54 -05:00
<horstretch>1</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Serial port used for CAT control.</string>
</property>
<property name="editable">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="currentText">
<string/>
</property>
<property name="insertPolicy">
<enum>QComboBox::NoInsert</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="CAT_serial_port_parameters_group_box">
Yet more settings window layout adjustments for the best Mac layout git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4969 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:56:13 -05:00
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="MinimumExpanding">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<property name="title">
<string>Serial Port Parameters</string>
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
<item>
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_5">
More settings dialog window layout tweaks to improve Mac user experience git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4968 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:39:39 -05:00
<property name="fieldGrowthPolicy">
<enum>QFormLayout::ExpandingFieldsGrow</enum>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="CAT_baud_label">
<property name="text">
<string>Baud Rate:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>CAT_serial_baud_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="CAT_serial_baud_combo_box">
Yet more settings window layout adjustments for the best Mac layout git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4969 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:56:13 -05:00
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Serial port data rate which must match the setting of your radio.</string>
</property>
<property name="currentIndex">
Add 115.2 kBaud as a serial port speed option git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5182 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-07 12:23:14 -04:00
<number>0</number>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>1200</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>2400</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>4800</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>9600</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>19200</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>38400</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>57600</string>
</property>
</item>
Add 115.2 kBaud as a serial port speed option git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5182 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-07 12:23:14 -04:00
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>115200</string>
</property>
</item>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="CAT_data_bits_group_box">
<property name="toolTip">
Fix some settings tool tip typos Thanks to Sebastian W4AS for reporting these. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-26 18:34:59 -04:00
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Number of data bits used to communicate with your radio's CAT interface (usually eight).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Data Bits</string>
</property>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_4">
<item>
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="CAT_7_bit_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>Se&amp;ven</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">CAT_data_bits_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="CAT_8_bit_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>E&amp;ight</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">CAT_data_bits_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="CAT_stop_bits_group_box">
<property name="toolTip">
Fix some settings tool tip typos Thanks to Sebastian W4AS for reporting these. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-26 18:34:59 -04:00
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Number of stop bits used when communicating with your radio's CAT interface&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;(consult you radio's manual for details).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Stop Bits</string>
</property>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_2">
<item>
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="CAT_one_stop_bit_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>On&amp;e</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">CAT_stop_bits_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="CAT_two_stop_bit_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>T&amp;wo</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">CAT_stop_bits_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="CAT_handshake_group_box">
<property name="toolTip">
Fix some settings tool tip typos Thanks to Sebastian W4AS for reporting these. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-26 18:34:59 -04:00
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Flow control protocol used between this computer and your radio's CAT interface (usually &amp;quot;None&amp;quot; but some require &amp;quot;Hardware&amp;quot;).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Handshake</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_11">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="CAT_handshake_none_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;None</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">CAT_handshake_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="CAT_handshake_xon_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Software flow control (very rare on CAT interfaces).</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>XON/XOFF</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">CAT_handshake_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="2">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="CAT_handshake_hardware_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Flow control using the RTS and CTS RS-232 control lines
not often used but some radios have it as an option and
a few, particularly some Kenwood rigs, require it).</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;Hardware</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">CAT_handshake_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="CAT_control_lines_group_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Special control of CAT port control lines.</string>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Force Control Lines</string>
</property>
Improved DTR and RTS line control Made the force control lines group box in the Configuration UI checkable which allows the DTR and RTS checkboxes to mean either force low or force high. Also improved UI control logic to only allow valid setting combintions. Disabled network port text edit for OmniRig. Cleared network port combo box list for network interfaces like HRD and DXLab Commander, was erroneously showing COM ports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5222 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-14 06:54:14 -04:00
<property name="checkable">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>false</bool>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_8">
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="CAT_DTR_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
Improved DTR and RTS line control Made the force control lines group box in the Configuration UI checkable which allows the DTR and RTS checkboxes to mean either force low or force high. Also improved UI control logic to only allow valid setting combintions. Disabled network port text edit for OmniRig. Cleared network port combo box list for network interfaces like HRD and DXLab Commander, was erroneously showing COM ports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5222 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-14 06:54:14 -04:00
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Force the DTR control linelow or high on the CAT serial port.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This is required for a few CAT interfaces that are powered&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;from the DTR control line.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Normally you should leave this unchecked.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>DTR</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="CAT_RTS_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
Improved DTR and RTS line control Made the force control lines group box in the Configuration UI checkable which allows the DTR and RTS checkboxes to mean either force low or force high. Also improved UI control logic to only allow valid setting combintions. Disabled network port text edit for OmniRig. Cleared network port combo box list for network interfaces like HRD and DXLab Commander, was erroneously showing COM ports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5222 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-14 06:54:14 -04:00
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Force the RTS control line low or high on the CAT serial port.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This is required for a few CAT interfaces that are powered&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;from the RTS control line.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Normally you should leave this unchecked.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This option is only available if Hardware handshaking is not&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;selected above.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>RTS</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="6" column="2">
<widget class="Line" name="line_6">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1" rowspan="12">
<widget class="Line" name="line">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="2">
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="PTT_method_group_box">
Tweak settings window layout to work better on Macs git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4967 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:08:54 -05:00
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<property name="toolTip">
<string>How this program activates the PTT on your radio</string>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>PTT Method</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_2">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="PTT_VOX_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
Fix some settings tool tip typos Thanks to Sebastian W4AS for reporting these. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-26 18:34:59 -04:00
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;No PTT activation, instead the radio's automatic VOX is used to key the transmitter.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use this if you have no radio interface hardware.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>VO&amp;X</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">PTT_method_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="PTT_DTR_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
Fix some settings tool tip typos Thanks to Sebastian W4AS for reporting these. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-26 18:34:59 -04:00
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use the RS-232 DTR control line to toggle your radio's PTT,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;requires hardware to inteface the line.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Some commercial interface units also use this method.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The DTR control line of the CAT serial port may be used for this or&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;a DTR control line on a different serial port may be used.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;DTR</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">PTT_method_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="PTT_CAT_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Some radios support PTT via CAT commands,
use this option if your radio supports it and you have no
other hardware interface for PTT.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>C&amp;AT</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">PTT_method_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="PTT_RTS_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
Fix some settings tool tip typos Thanks to Sebastian W4AS for reporting these. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-26 18:34:59 -04:00
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Use the RS-232 RTS control line to toggle your radio's PTT,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;requires hardware to inteface the line.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Some commercial interface units also use this method.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The RTS control line of the CAT serial port may be used for this or&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;a RTS control line on a different serial port may be used.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Note that this options is not available on the CAT serial port&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;when hardware flow control is used.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>R&amp;TS</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">PTT_method_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="0" rowspan="2" colspan="2">
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_4">
More settings dialog window layout tweaks to improve Mac user experience git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4968 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:39:39 -05:00
<property name="fieldGrowthPolicy">
<enum>QFormLayout::ExpandingFieldsGrow</enum>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="PTT_port_label">
<property name="text">
<string>Port:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>PTT_port_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="PTT_port_combo_box">
<property name="sizePolicy">
Yet more settings window layout adjustments for the best Mac layout git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4969 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:56:13 -05:00
<sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Fixed">
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<horstretch>1</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
Fix some settings tool tip typos Thanks to Sebastian W4AS for reporting these. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-26 18:34:59 -04:00
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Select the RS-232 serial port utilised for PTT control,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;this option is available when DTR or RTS is selected above&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;as a transmit method.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;This port can be the same one as the one used for CAT control.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;For some interface types the special value CAT may be chosen,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;this is used for non-serial CAT interfaces that can control&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;serial port control lines remotely (OmniRig for example).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<property name="editable">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="currentText">
<string/>
</property>
<property name="currentIndex">
<number>-1</number>
</property>
<property name="insertPolicy">
<enum>QComboBox::NoInsert</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="5" column="2">
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="mode_group_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Modulation mode selected on radio.</string>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Mode</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_10">
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="mode_USB_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
Fix some settings tool tip typos Thanks to Sebastian W4AS for reporting these. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-26 18:34:59 -04:00
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;USB is usually the correct modulation mode,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;unless the radio has a special data or packet mode setting&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;for AFSK operation.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>US&amp;B</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">TX_mode_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="mode_none_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Don't allow the program to set the radio mode
(not recommended but use if the wrong mode
or bandwidth is selected).</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>None</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">TX_mode_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="2">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="mode_data_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>If this is availabe then it is usually the correct mode for this program.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Data/P&amp;kt</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">TX_mode_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="2">
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="TX_audio_source_group_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Some radios can select the audio input using a CAT command,
this setting allows you to select which audio input will be used
(if it is available then generally the Rear/Data option is best).</string>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Transmit Audio Source</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_7">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="TX_source_data_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>Rear&amp;/Data</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">TX_audio_source_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="TX_source_mic_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;Front/Mic</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">TX_audio_source_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="9" column="2">
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_2">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>20</width>
<height>40</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
<item row="2" column="2">
<widget class="Line" name="line_3">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="11" column="2">
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_7">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>20</width>
<height>40</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0" colspan="3">
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_7">
<item>
<widget class="QLabel" name="rig_label">
<property name="text">
<string>Rig:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>rig_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QComboBox" name="rig_combo_box">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>1</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QLabel" name="CAT_poll_interval_label">
<property name="text">
Change title of config window to "Settings" (the name used on the File menu). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4219 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-07-25 15:34:48 -04:00
<string>Poll Interval:</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>CAT_poll_interval_spin_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QSpinBox" name="CAT_poll_interval_spin_box">
Change title of config window to "Settings" (the name used on the File menu). git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4219 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-07-25 15:34:48 -04:00
<property name="suffix">
<string> s</string>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<property name="minimum">
<number>1</number>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item row="4" column="2">
<widget class="Line" name="line_4">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="10" column="2">
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_11">
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="test_CAT_push_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Attempt to connect to the radio with these settings.
Another dialog will pop up where you can verify correct operation.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Test CAT</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer_3">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeType">
<enum>QSizePolicy::Preferred</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>40</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="test_PTT_push_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Attempt to activate the transmitter.
Click again to deactivate. Normally no power should be
output since there is no audio being generated at this time.
Check that any Tx indication on your radio and/or your
radio interface behave as expected.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Test PTT</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item row="8" column="2">
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="split_operation_group_box">
<property name="title">
<string>Split Operation</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_12">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="split_none_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>None</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">split_mode_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="split_rig_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>Rig</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">split_mode_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="2">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="split_emulate_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>Fake It</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">split_mode_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
Yet more settings window layout adjustments for the best Mac layout git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4969 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:56:13 -05:00
<item row="12" column="0">
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_5">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>20</width>
<height>40</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</layout>
</widget>
<widget class="QWidget" name="audio_tab">
<attribute name="title">
<string>A&amp;udio</string>
</attribute>
<attribute name="toolTip">
<string>Audio interface settings</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_5">
<item row="2" column="0">
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="save_path_group_box">
<property name="title">
<string>Save Directory</string>
</property>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_5">
<item>
<widget class="QLabel" name="save_path_label">
<property name="text">
<string>Loc&amp;ation:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>save_path_select_push_button</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QLabel" name="save_path_display_label">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>1</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Path to which .WAV files are saved.</string>
</property>
<property name="autoFillBackground">
<bool>false</bool>
</property>
<property name="styleSheet">
<string notr="true">background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>TextLabel</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="save_path_select_push_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Click to select a different save directory for .WAV files.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>S&amp;elect</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="soundcard_group_box">
<property name="title">
<string>Soundcard</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_6">
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="sound_output_combo_box">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>1</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Select the audio CODEC to use for transmitting.
If this is your default device for system sounds then
ensure that all system sounds are disabled otherwise
you will broadcast any systems sounds generated during
transmitting periods.</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="sound_input_combo_box">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>1</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Select the audio CODEC to use for receiving.</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="sound_input_label">
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;Input:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>sound_input_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="2">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="sound_input_channel_combo_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Select the channel to use for receiving.</string>
</property>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Mono</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Left</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Right</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Both</string>
</property>
</item>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="2">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="sound_output_channel_combo_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Select the audio channel used for transmission.
Unless you have multiple radios connected on different
channels; then you will usually want to select mono or
both here.</string>
</property>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Mono</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Left</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Right</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Both</string>
</property>
</item>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="sound_output_label">
<property name="text">
<string>Ou&amp;tput:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>sound_output_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="0">
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="jt9w_group_box">
<property name="title">
<string>JT9W Settings</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_9">
<item row="0" column="0">
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_2">
More settings dialog window layout tweaks to improve Mac user experience git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4968 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:39:39 -05:00
<property name="fieldGrowthPolicy">
<enum>QFormLayout::ExpandingFieldsGrow</enum>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="jt9w_bandwidth_mult_combo_box">
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>1</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>2</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>4</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>8</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>16</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>32</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>64</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>128</string>
</property>
</item>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_3">
<property name="text">
<string>Bandwidth Multiplier:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>jt9w_bandwidth_mult_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item row="0" column="2">
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_3">
<property name="fieldGrowthPolicy">
More settings dialog window layout tweaks to improve Mac user experience git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4968 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:39:39 -05:00
<enum>QFormLayout::ExpandingFieldsGrow</enum>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_4">
<property name="text">
<string>DT Max:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>jt9w_max_dt_double_spin_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_2">
<property name="text">
<string>DT Min:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>jt9w_min_dt_double_spin_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QDoubleSpinBox" name="jt9w_min_dt_double_spin_box">
<property name="suffix">
<string> s</string>
</property>
<property name="decimals">
<number>1</number>
</property>
<property name="minimum">
<double>-2.500000000000000</double>
</property>
<property name="maximum">
<double>5.000000000000000</double>
</property>
<property name="singleStep">
<double>0.100000000000000</double>
</property>
<property name="value">
<double>-2.500000000000000</double>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QDoubleSpinBox" name="jt9w_max_dt_double_spin_box">
<property name="suffix">
<string> s</string>
</property>
<property name="decimals">
<number>1</number>
</property>
<property name="minimum">
<double>-2.500000000000000</double>
</property>
<property name="maximum">
<double>5.000000000000000</double>
</property>
<property name="singleStep">
<double>0.100000000000000</double>
</property>
<property name="value">
<double>5.000000000000000</double>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer_5">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>40</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="5" column="0">
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_3">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>20</width>
<height>40</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="Line" name="line_2">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<widget class="QWidget" name="tx_macros_tab">
<attribute name="title">
<string>Tx &amp;Macros</string>
</attribute>
<attribute name="toolTip">
<string>Canned free text messages setup</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout">
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QPushButton" name="add_macro_push_button">
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;Add</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="add_macro_line_edit">
<property name="maxLength">
<number>13</number>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="2">
<widget class="QPushButton" name="delete_macro_push_button">
<property name="text">
<string>&amp;Delete</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0" colspan="3">
<widget class="QListView" name="macros_list_view">
<property name="contextMenuPolicy">
<enum>Qt::ActionsContextMenu</enum>
</property>
Improved free text macro functionality. The macro edit page in the settings dialog now allows multiple items to be selected in an extended selection. The macro items can be rearranged by drag and drop of single items or whole selections. The delete button and context menu item will now delete all the selected items. The free text macro drop down combo boxes on the main screen now automatically insert new macros into the macros list (at the end) if the ENTER key is pressed while the combobox has focus. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4038 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-16 19:10:45 -04:00
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Drag and drop items to rearrange order
Right click for item specific actions
Click, SHIFT+Click and, CRTL+Click to select items</string>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<property name="styleSheet">
<string notr="true">QListView {
show-decoration-selected: 1; /* make the selection span the entire width of the view */
}
QListView::item:alternate {
background: #EEEEEE;
}
QListView::item:selected {
border: 1px solid #6a6ea9;
}
QListView::item:selected:!active {
background: qlineargradient(x1: 0, y1: 0, x2: 0, y2: 1,
stop: 0 #ABAFE5, stop: 1 #8588B2);
}
QListView::item:selected:active {
background: qlineargradient(x1: 0, y1: 0, x2: 0, y2: 1,
stop: 0 #6a6ea9, stop: 1 #888dd9);
}
QListView::item:hover {
background: qlineargradient(x1: 0, y1: 0, x2: 0, y2: 1,
stop: 0 #FAFBFE, stop: 1 #DCDEF1);
}</string>
</property>
Improved free text macro functionality. The macro edit page in the settings dialog now allows multiple items to be selected in an extended selection. The macro items can be rearranged by drag and drop of single items or whole selections. The delete button and context menu item will now delete all the selected items. The free text macro drop down combo boxes on the main screen now automatically insert new macros into the macros list (at the end) if the ENTER key is pressed while the combobox has focus. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4038 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-16 19:10:45 -04:00
<property name="dragDropMode">
<enum>QAbstractItemView::InternalMove</enum>
</property>
<property name="defaultDropAction">
<enum>Qt::MoveAction</enum>
</property>
<property name="alternatingRowColors">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<property name="selectionMode">
Improved free text macro functionality. The macro edit page in the settings dialog now allows multiple items to be selected in an extended selection. The macro items can be rearranged by drag and drop of single items or whole selections. The delete button and context menu item will now delete all the selected items. The free text macro drop down combo boxes on the main screen now automatically insert new macros into the macros list (at the end) if the ENTER key is pressed while the combobox has focus. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4038 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-04-16 19:10:45 -04:00
<enum>QAbstractItemView::ExtendedSelection</enum>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
<property name="uniformItemSizes">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<widget class="QWidget" name="reporting_tab">
<attribute name="title">
<string>Reportin&amp;g</string>
</attribute>
<attribute name="toolTip">
<string>Reporting and logging settings</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_5">
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="logging_group_box">
<property name="title">
<string>Logging</string>
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_8">
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="prompt_to_log_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>The program will pop up a partially completed Log QSO dialog when you send a 73 or free text message.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Promp&amp;t me to log QSO</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="log_as_RTTY_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Some logging programs will not accept JT-65 or JT9 as a recognized mode.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Con&amp;vert mode to RTTY</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="report_in_comments_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Some logging programs will not accept the type of reports
saved by this program.
Check this option to save the sent and received reports in the
comments field.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>d&amp;B reports to comments</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="clear_DX_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Check this option to force the clearing of the DX Call
and DX Grid fields when a 73 or free text message is sent.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Clear &amp;DX call and grid after logging</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="Line" name="line_8">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="network_group_box">
<property name="title">
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<string>Network Services</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</property>
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_17">
<item row="0" column="0">
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="psk_reporter_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>The program can send your station details and all
decoded signals as spots to the http://pskreporter.info web site.
This is used for reverse beacon analysis which is very useful
for assessing propagation and system performance.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Enable &amp;PSK Reporter Spotting</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox_4">
<property name="title">
<string>UDP Server</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_16">
<item row="0" column="0">
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_6">
<property name="fieldGrowthPolicy">
<enum>QFormLayout::AllNonFixedFieldsGrow</enum>
</property>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="udp_server_label">
<property name="text">
<string>UDP Server:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>udp_server_line_edit</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="udp_server_line_edit">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Optional hostname of network service to receive decodes.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Formats:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;ul style=&quot;margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;&quot;&gt;&lt;li style=&quot; margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;&quot;&gt;hostname&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li style=&quot; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;&quot;&gt;IPv4 address&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li style=&quot; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;&quot;&gt;IPv6 address&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li style=&quot; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;&quot;&gt;IPv4 multicast group address&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li style=&quot; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;&quot;&gt;IPv6 multicast group address&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;p&gt;Clearing this field will disable the broadcasting of UDP status updates.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
</property>
<property name="inputMethodHints">
<set>Qt::ImhDigitsOnly</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_6">
<property name="text">
<string>UDP Server port number:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>udp_server_port_spin_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QSpinBox" name="udp_server_port_spin_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Enter the service port number of the UDP server that WSJT-X should send updates to. If this is zero no updates will be broadcast.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
</property>
<property name="minimum">
<number>0</number>
</property>
<property name="maximum">
<number>65534</number>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_11">
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="accept_udp_requests_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;With this enabled WSJT-X will accept certain requests back from a UDP server that receives decode messages.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Accept UDP requests</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="udpWindowToFront">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Indicate acceptance of an incoming UDP request. The effect of this option varies depending on the operating system and window manager, its intent is to notify the acceptance of an incoming UDP request even if this application is minimized or hidden.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Notify on accepted UDP request</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="udpWindowRestore">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>&lt;html&gt;&lt;head/&gt;&lt;body&gt;&lt;p&gt;Restore the window from minimized if an UDP request is accepted.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/body&gt;&lt;/html&gt;</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Accepted UDP request restores window</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<item>
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_4">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>20</width>
<height>40</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<widget class="QWidget" name="frequencies_tab">
<attribute name="title">
<string>Frequencies</string>
</attribute>
<attribute name="toolTip">
<string>Default frequencies and band specific station details setup</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_10">
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox">
<property name="title">
<string>Working Frequencies</string>
</property>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout">
<item>
<widget class="QTableView" name="frequencies_table_view">
<property name="contextMenuPolicy">
<enum>Qt::ActionsContextMenu</enum>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Right click to add or delete frequencies.</string>
</property>
<property name="dragDropMode">
<enum>QAbstractItemView::DragOnly</enum>
</property>
<property name="alternatingRowColors">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="selectionBehavior">
<enum>QAbstractItemView::SelectRows</enum>
</property>
<property name="sortingEnabled">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="horizontalHeaderStretchLastSection">
<bool>true</bool>
</attribute>
<attribute name="verticalHeaderVisible">
<bool>false</bool>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer_6">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>40</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox_2">
<property name="title">
<string>Station Information</string>
</property>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_3">
<item>
<widget class="QTableView" name="stations_table_view">
<property name="contextMenuPolicy">
<enum>Qt::ActionsContextMenu</enum>
</property>
<property name="acceptDrops">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Items may be edited.
Right click for insert and delete options.</string>
</property>
<property name="dragEnabled">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="dragDropOverwriteMode">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="dragDropMode">
<enum>QAbstractItemView::DragDrop</enum>
</property>
<property name="defaultDropAction">
<enum>Qt::MoveAction</enum>
</property>
<property name="alternatingRowColors">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="selectionMode">
<enum>QAbstractItemView::ExtendedSelection</enum>
</property>
<property name="selectionBehavior">
<enum>QAbstractItemView::SelectRows</enum>
</property>
<property name="sortingEnabled">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="wordWrap">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="horizontalHeaderStretchLastSection">
<bool>true</bool>
</attribute>
<attribute name="verticalHeaderVisible">
<bool>false</bool>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
Improved, simplified sort routine; faster and better "flatten" procedure; better window functions for some FFTs, resulting in better decoder performance; User-selectable colors for backgrounds of decoded messages. NB: more testing is desirable! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4951 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-10 19:50:35 -05:00
<widget class="QWidget" name="tab">
<attribute name="title">
<string>Colors</string>
</attribute>
<widget class="QWidget" name="layoutWidget">
<property name="geometry">
<rect>
<x>44</x>
<y>60</y>
More settings dialog window layout tweaks to improve Mac user experience git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4968 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-16 17:39:39 -05:00
<width>229</width>
<height>168</height>
Improved, simplified sort routine; faster and better "flatten" procedure; better window functions for some FFTs, resulting in better decoder performance; User-selectable colors for backgrounds of decoded messages. NB: more testing is desirable! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4951 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-10 19:50:35 -05:00
</rect>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_13">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pbCQmsg">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
Another step wider. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4954 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-11 09:09:48 -05:00
<width>140</width>
Improved, simplified sort routine; faster and better "flatten" procedure; better window functions for some FFTs, resulting in better decoder performance; User-selectable colors for backgrounds of decoded messages. NB: more testing is desirable! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4951 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-10 19:50:35 -05:00
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>CQ in message</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="labCQ">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
<width>80</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="styleSheet">
<string notr="true">QLabel{background-color: #66ff66}</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>K1ABC</string>
</property>
<property name="alignment">
<set>Qt::AlignCenter</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pbMyCall">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
Another step wider. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4954 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-11 09:09:48 -05:00
<width>140</width>
Improved, simplified sort routine; faster and better "flatten" procedure; better window functions for some FFTs, resulting in better decoder performance; User-selectable colors for backgrounds of decoded messages. NB: more testing is desirable! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4951 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-10 19:50:35 -05:00
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>My Call in message</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="labMyCall">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
<width>80</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="styleSheet">
<string notr="true">QLabel{background-color: #ff6666}</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>K1ABC</string>
</property>
<property name="alignment">
<set>Qt::AlignCenter</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="0">
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pbTxMsg">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
Another step wider. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4954 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-11 09:09:48 -05:00
<width>140</width>
Improved, simplified sort routine; faster and better "flatten" procedure; better window functions for some FFTs, resulting in better decoder performance; User-selectable colors for backgrounds of decoded messages. NB: more testing is desirable! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4951 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-10 19:50:35 -05:00
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Transmitted message</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="labTx">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
<width>80</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="styleSheet">
<string notr="true">QLabel{background-color: yellow}</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>K1ABC</string>
</property>
<property name="alignment">
<set>Qt::AlignCenter</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="0">
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pbNewDXCC">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
Another step wider. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4954 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-11 09:09:48 -05:00
<width>140</width>
Improved, simplified sort routine; faster and better "flatten" procedure; better window functions for some FFTs, resulting in better decoder performance; User-selectable colors for backgrounds of decoded messages. NB: more testing is desirable! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4951 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-10 19:50:35 -05:00
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>New DXCC</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="labDXCC">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
<width>80</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="styleSheet">
<string notr="true">QLabel{background-color: #ff66ff}</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>K1ABC</string>
</property>
<property name="alignment">
<set>Qt::AlignCenter</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="4" column="0">
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pbNewCall">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
Another step wider. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4954 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-11 09:09:48 -05:00
<width>140</width>
Improved, simplified sort routine; faster and better "flatten" procedure; better window functions for some FFTs, resulting in better decoder performance; User-selectable colors for backgrounds of decoded messages. NB: more testing is desirable! git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4951 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-10 19:50:35 -05:00
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>New Call</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="4" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="labNewCall">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
<width>80</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="styleSheet">
<string notr="true">QLabel{background-color: #66ffff}</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>K1ABC</string>
</property>
<property name="alignment">
<set>Qt::AlignCenter</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</widget>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="configuration_dialog_button_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Discard or apply configuration changes including
resetting the radio interface and applying any
soundcard changes</string>
</property>
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="standardButtons">
<set>QDialogButtonBox::Cancel|QDialogButtonBox::Ok</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<tabstops>
<tabstop>configuration_tabs</tabstop>
<tabstop>callsign_line_edit</tabstop>
<tabstop>grid_line_edit</tabstop>
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
<tabstop>type_2_msg_gen_combo_box</tabstop>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<tabstop>insert_blank_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>miles_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>TX_messages_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>DXCC_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>font_push_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>decoded_text_font_push_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>monitor_off_check_box</tabstop>
Add option for returning to last monitored frequency on monitor enable git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4995 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:59:08 -05:00
<tabstop>monitor_last_used_check_box</tabstop>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<tabstop>quick_call_check_box</tabstop>
Add option for returning to last monitored frequency on monitor enable git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4995 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:59:08 -05:00
<tabstop>tx_QSY_check_box</tabstop>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<tabstop>disable_TX_on_73_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>watchdog_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>CW_id_after_73_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>CW_id_interval_spin_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>rig_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_poll_interval_spin_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_port_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_serial_baud_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_7_bit_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_8_bit_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_one_stop_bit_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_two_stop_bit_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_handshake_none_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_handshake_xon_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_handshake_hardware_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_DTR_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_RTS_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>PTT_VOX_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>PTT_DTR_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>PTT_CAT_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>PTT_RTS_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>PTT_port_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>TX_source_data_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>TX_source_mic_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>mode_none_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>mode_USB_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>mode_data_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>split_none_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>split_rig_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>split_emulate_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>test_CAT_push_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>test_PTT_push_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>sound_input_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>sound_input_channel_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>sound_output_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>sound_output_channel_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>save_path_select_push_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>jt9w_bandwidth_mult_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>jt9w_min_dt_double_spin_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>jt9w_max_dt_double_spin_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>add_macro_line_edit</tabstop>
<tabstop>add_macro_push_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>delete_macro_push_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>macros_list_view</tabstop>
<tabstop>prompt_to_log_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>log_as_RTTY_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>report_in_comments_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>clear_DX_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>psk_reporter_check_box</tabstop>
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<tabstop>udp_server_line_edit</tabstop>
<tabstop>udp_server_port_spin_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>accept_udp_requests_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>udpWindowToFront</tabstop>
<tabstop>udpWindowRestore</tabstop>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<tabstop>frequencies_table_view</tabstop>
<tabstop>stations_table_view</tabstop>
Add option for returning to last monitored frequency on monitor enable git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@4995 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-02-27 13:59:08 -05:00
<tabstop>pbCQmsg</tabstop>
<tabstop>pbMyCall</tabstop>
<tabstop>pbTxMsg</tabstop>
<tabstop>pbNewDXCC</tabstop>
<tabstop>pbNewCall</tabstop>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</tabstops>
<resources/>
<connections>
<connection>
<sender>configuration_dialog_button_box</sender>
<signal>accepted()</signal>
<receiver>configuration_dialog</receiver>
<slot>accept()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<x>245</x>
<y>605</y>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>157</x>
<y>274</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>configuration_dialog_button_box</sender>
<signal>rejected()</signal>
<receiver>configuration_dialog</receiver>
<slot>reject()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<x>313</x>
<y>605</y>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>286</x>
<y>274</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
<connection>
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<sender>add_macro_push_button</sender>
<signal>clicked()</signal>
<receiver>add_macro_line_edit</receiver>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<slot>setFocus()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<x>576</x>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<y>62</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<x>199</x>
<y>60</y>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
<connection>
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<sender>add_macro_line_edit</sender>
<signal>returnPressed()</signal>
<receiver>add_macro_push_button</receiver>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<slot>setFocus()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<x>199</x>
<y>60</y>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
Send status information to UDP server To facilitate interaction with other applications WSJT-X now sends status updates to a predefined UDP server or multicast group address. The status updates include the information currently posted to the decodes.txt and wsjtx_status.txt files. An optional back communications channel is also implemented allowing the UDP server application to control some basic actions in WSJT-X. A reference implementaion of a typical UDP server written in C++ using Qt is provided to demonstrate these facilities. This application is not intended as a user tool but only as an example of how a third party application may interact with WSJT-X. The UDP messages Use QDataStream based serialization. Messages are documented in NetworkMessage.hpp along with some helper classes that simplify the building and decoding of messages. Two message handling classes are introduced, MessageClient and MessageServer. WSJT-X uses the MessageClient class to manage outgoing and incoming UDP messages that allow communication with other applications. The MessageServer class implements the kind of code that a potential cooperating application might use. Although these classes use Qt serialization facilities, the message formats are easily read and written by applications that do not use the Qt framework. MessageAggregator is a demonstration application that uses MessageServer and presents a GUI that displays messages from one or more WSJT-X instances and allows sending back a CQ or QRZ reply invocation by double clicking a decode. This application is not intended as a user facing tool but rather as a demonstration of the WSJT-X UDP messaging facility. It also demonstrates being a multicast UDP server by allowing multiple instances to run concurrently. This is enabled by using an appropriate multicast group address as the server address. Cooperating applications need not implement multicast techniques but it is recomended otherwise only a single appliaction can act as a broadcast message (from WSJT-X) recipient. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5225 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-15 12:40:49 -04:00
<x>576</x>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
<y>62</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
</connections>
<buttongroups>
Improved DTR and RTS line control Made the force control lines group box in the Configuration UI checkable which allows the DTR and RTS checkboxes to mean either force low or force high. Also improved UI control logic to only allow valid setting combintions. Disabled network port text edit for OmniRig. Cleared network port combo box list for network interfaces like HRD and DXLab Commander, was erroneously showing COM ports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5222 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-14 06:54:14 -04:00
<buttongroup name="TX_mode_button_group"/>
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
<buttongroup name="PTT_method_button_group"/>
Improved DTR and RTS line control Made the force control lines group box in the Configuration UI checkable which allows the DTR and RTS checkboxes to mean either force low or force high. Also improved UI control logic to only allow valid setting combintions. Disabled network port text edit for OmniRig. Cleared network port combo box list for network interfaces like HRD and DXLab Commander, was erroneously showing COM ports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5222 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-14 06:54:14 -04:00
<buttongroup name="CAT_stop_bits_button_group"/>
Better handling of compound callsigns Option to control standard message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders. Process decoded messages based on either base or full callsign for both DE and DX callsigns. Change CW id when callsign changed in settings. Merged from wsjtx-1.4 branch. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5000 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-04 07:22:33 -05:00
<buttongroup name="split_mode_button_group"/>
Fix some settings tool tip typos Thanks to Sebastian W4AS for reporting these. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5129 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-03-26 18:34:59 -04:00
<buttongroup name="TX_audio_source_button_group"/>
Add 115.2 kBaud as a serial port speed option git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5182 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-07 12:23:14 -04:00
<buttongroup name="CAT_data_bits_button_group"/>
Improved DTR and RTS line control Made the force control lines group box in the Configuration UI checkable which allows the DTR and RTS checkboxes to mean either force low or force high. Also improved UI control logic to only allow valid setting combintions. Disabled network port text edit for OmniRig. Cleared network port combo box list for network interfaces like HRD and DXLab Commander, was erroneously showing COM ports. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@5222 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2015-04-14 06:54:14 -04:00
<buttongroup name="CAT_handshake_button_group"/>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files. This allows writable files to be located in the "correct" location for each platform rather than in the directory of the executable which, in general, is not recommended or allowed in some cases. A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to support the new file locations. Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is written to a user specific location so it will be shared by all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See below for multiple concurrent instance support changes. Added a command line parser module for Fortran. Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations. Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled. This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from the same installation directory. A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r" or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is also used to access unique settings files and writable data files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made to share these files between concurrent instances. If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still enables multiple concurrent instance support for that instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of which may be empty. The rig name is appended the QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like window titles. Set non Qt locale to "C". This ensures that C library functions give consistent results whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will give consistent formatting across locales. Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp. Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that aren't caught. Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration. Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a proxy for access to the rig control functions. See Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration interface. Menu changes. Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as "Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines. New data models for data used by the application. ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot working frequencies and, station information (station descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of an instance of all but the former of the above models. The ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no user maintenance as it is immutable. Band combo box gets more functionality. This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra input capabilities. The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies, now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if required. The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz with a completer built in to suggest the available spot working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where the first available spot working frequency is selected. Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF specification and can be found in in the implementation of the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp). If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are wider than any entities regulations. Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices. These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines as the default device. Because of this they need special treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time behind the scenes. Close-down behavior is simplified. The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to facilitate correct close down of threads. User font selection added to Configuration UI. Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control. Free text macros now selected directly. The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes that have the current free text macro definitions as their popup list. The old context menu to do this has been retired. Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser. This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and, dynamically resizes to cover the contents. Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar. QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout. The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now checkable. Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state and rendering. Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified. In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are rationalized to just 3 locations. Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified. Moved, where possible, to common functions. Elevated frequency types to be Qt types. Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for maximum accuracy. Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp. The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig control code. Some common code has been gathered in member functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and auto_tx_mode(). Rig control enhancements. The rig control for clients interface is declared as an abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface. Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved to a separate thread after construction since many operations are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread. To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class (TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based instantiation. Various common functionality shared by different rig interface implementations are factored out into helper base classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver interface into a more convenient form for implementation (template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state polling mechanism that only reports actual changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by QSYing on PTT state changes. EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any Transceiver implementation. OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is a COM server client. To build it you must first install the OmniRig client on the development machine (http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/). DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications channel. No third party library is required for this interface. HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD interface library has been reverse engineered to provide functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third party libraries are required. HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional. Although this class will interface with the release version of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib. During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432. The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired. There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy Hamlib device. PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface. Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We also support PTT control directly via a second serial port. This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which is only used for PTT control. This means that DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all these constructional complexities. Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a manually entered value being saved to the settings file. This allows a non-standard port device to be used without having to edit the settings file manually. For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and port may be specified allowing the target device to be located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if required. The default used when the address field is left blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host. Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible, this is because the rig control capability can no longer support one way connection. This is in line with most other CAT control software. In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split mode control by the software and mode control by the software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver setup is supported as before. Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for transverter operation. The station details model (StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for each band if required. CMake build script improvements. The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt. Install target support has been greatly improved with the Release build configuration now building a fully standalone installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration still builds an installation that has environment dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for testing and debugging. Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers directly from CMake/CPack. Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages. Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted changes in the build source tree. Moved resource like files to Qt resources. Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into the installation directory because of packaging rules) is hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by an external program, others like the audio samples are copied out so they appear in the data directory under the default save directory. git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 09:21:00 -04:00
</buttongroups>
</ui>
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink